Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 441

ZXONE 8300&8500&8700

Acceptance Test Guide


R1.7
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

LEGAL INFORMATION

By accepting this certain document of ZTE CORPORATION you agree to the following terms. If you
do not agree to the following terms, please notice that you are not allowed to use this document.

Copyright © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. This
document contains proprietary information of ZTE CORPORATION. Any reproduction, transfer,
distribution, use or disclosure of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any
means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited.

and are registered trademarks of ZTE CORPORATION. ZTE’s company name,


logo and product names referenced herein are either trademarks or registered trademarks of ZTE
CORPORATION. Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade
names of their respective owners. Without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION or the
third party owner thereof, anyone’s access to this document should not be construed as granting, by
implication, estopped or otherwise, any license or right to use any marks appearing in the document.

The design of this product complies with requirements of environmental protection and personal
security. This product shall be stored, used or discarded in accordance with product manual, relevant
contract or laws and regulations in relevant country (countries).

This document is provided ‘as is’ and ‘as available’. Information contained in this document is subject
to continuous update without further notice due to improvement and update of ZTE
CORPORATION’s products and technologies.

ZTE CORPORATION

Address: NO. 55
Hi-tech Road South
ShenZhen
P.R.China
518057
Website: http://dms.zte.com.cn (TSM-Technical Support)
Email: TSM.Aftersales@zte.com.cn

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. I


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Revision History

Product Document Serial


Reason for Revision
Version Version Number
R1.0 First published
R1.1 Revised
R1.2 Adds some contents.
R1.3 Adds some contents.
R1.4 Updates test specifications for the OSC board.
Adds test specifications for 8700 devices and the 100G
board.
R1.5
Adds the statements about the -60v DC power supported by
devices.
Adds
MQA1\MQM1\MQA2\MQM2\MJA\MJM\TD2C\TS2C/TS2Cp
R1.6 board test specifications;
Updates test specifications for a portion of boards
(MOM2\CH1\FCA\WSUD\WSUA)
Updates specifications according to the Acceptance Test
Record R1.7; revises test method for OTU board
R1.7
specifications; revises test method for OSC receive
sensitivity;

Author

Date Document Version Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by


2011-06-15 R1.0 Yan Xiao
2011-10-28 R1.1 Sheng Jiye
2011-12-22 R1.2 Sheng Jiye
2012-01-18 R1.3 Sheng Jiye
2012-05-08 R1.4 Sheng Jiye

2012-09-08 R1.5 He Bo

Wang Qiang/Xu
R1.6 2013-10-30
Wei
R1.7 2014-3-27 He Bo

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. II


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Applicable to: Acceptance test engineers.

Proposal: Before reading this document, you had better have the following knowledge and skills.
SEQ Knowledge and skills Reference material
Unitrans ZXONE 8700(V1.10) Intelligent
Accompanying document – product
1 Optical Transport Platform Product
description
Description
Unitrans ZXONE 8700(V1.10) Intelligent
Accompanying document – hardware
2 Optical Transport Platform + Hardware
description
description
OTN 100G Service Meter Test Guide_R1.1
3 The use of meters Agilent 86120C Multi-Wavelength Meter
Usage Guideline_R1.0
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Product
4 Product test record
Acceptance Test Record_R1.7

Follow-up document: After reading this document, you may need the following information
SEQ Reference material Information
1
2
3

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. III
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

About This Document

Summary
Chapter Description
1 Board Test Describes test methods and acceptance rules for the single
system specifications
2 System Performance Test Describes test methods and acceptance rules for the system
performance specifications
3 ROADM Test Introduces test methods and acceptance rules for ROADM
system specifications
4 WASON Test Introduces test methods and acceptance rules for WASON
system specifications

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. IV


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 Board Test ....................................................................................................... 1


1.1 Primary Power Supply Test .............................................................................. 1
1.1.1 Primary Power Voltage ..................................................................................... 1
1.1.2 Voltage between Working Ground and Protection Ground ................................ 1
1.1.3 Working Ground Resistance ............................................................................. 3
1.1.4 Resistance of Lightning Protection Ground ....................................................... 3
1.1.5 Ground Resistance of Joint Grounding ............................................................. 3
1.1.6 Maximum Working Current ............................................................................... 4
1.2 Fan Test ........................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Alarm Function Test.......................................................................................... 5
1.3.1 Alarm Indicator ................................................................................................. 5
1.3.2 Alarm Buzzer .................................................................................................... 6
1.3.3 Alarm Ring Interception .................................................................................... 6
1.4 SOTU2.5G/OTU2.5G—2.5G Optical Transponder ........................................... 7
1.4.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the SOTU2.5G Board ............................... 7
1.4.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the SOTU2.5G Board ........................... 13
1.5 10G Optical Transponder SOTU10G/OTU10G/EOTU10G/EOTU10GB (for
SDH/OTN/10GE Services) ............................................................................. 20
1.5.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 20
1.5.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 26
1.6 SRM41—Four-Channel 2.5G Aggregation Board ........................................... 34
1.6.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 34
1.6.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 41
1.7 SRM42—Four-Channel 622M/155M Aggregation Board ................................ 48
1.7.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 48
1.7.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 55
1.8 GEM2/GEMF/GEM8—Gigabit Ethernet Aggregation Board............................ 63
1.8.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 63
1.8.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 70
1.9 SDSA—Data Service Aggregation Board ....................................................... 74
1.9.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 74
1.9.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 80
1.10 DSAC—Data Service Aggregation Board (Type-C) ........................................ 84
1.10.1 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 84
1.11 ASMA/B—Aggregation Transponder .............................................................. 88
1.11.1 Line-Side Optical Interface.............................................................................. 88
1.11.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 94
1.12 SAUC—SDH Service Access Board (Type-C) ................................................ 98
1.12.1 Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................................................... 98
1.13 COM/COMB—Eight-Channel Client Service Mixed Access Board................ 105
1.13.1 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 105
1.14 SMUB/CSC—SDH Service Aggregation Client Board .................................. 114
1.14.1 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 114
1.15 SMUB/LS1/LS2—SDH Service Aggregation Line Board ............................... 122
1.15.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 122

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. V


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.16 CD2/M2&M3CO2/M1&M2&M3&M4CQ2/M1CX2—10G Service Access Board (at


the Client Side)............................................................................................. 129
1.16.1 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Board Client-Side Optical Interface ...................................... 129
1.17 LD2/M2LD2B/M2&M3LO2/M1&M2&M3&M4LQ2—10G Service Access Board
(at the Line Side) .......................................................................................... 137
1.17.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 137
1.18 M1&M2TST3—40G Transponder ................................................................. 144
1.18.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 144
1.18.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 149
1.19 M1&M2MQT3—Four-Channel 10G Aggregation Board ................................ 157
1.19.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 157
1.19.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 163
1.20 CS3 Board .................................................................................................... 171
1.20.1 M2&M3CS3 Board Client-Side Optical Interface ........................................... 171
1.21 M2&M3LS3 Board ........................................................................................ 179
1.21.1 LS3 Board Line-Side Optical Interface .......................................................... 179
1.22 FCA—FC Service Access Board .................................................................. 186
1.22.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 186
1.22.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 191
1.23 MOM2 Board ................................................................................................ 196
1.23.1 Line-Side Optical Interface............................................................................ 196
1.23.2 Client-Side Optical Interface ......................................................................... 202
1.24 M1&M2 MQA1/M1MQM1 DWDM 2.5G Board (Multiple Services) ................ 211
1.24.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the MQA1/MQM1 Board ....................... 211
1.24.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the MQA1/MQM1 Board ..................... 218
1.25 M1&M2 MQA2/M1MQM2 DWDM 10G Board (Multiple Services) ................. 228
1.25.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the MQA2/MQM2 Board ....................... 228
1.25.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the MQA2 Board ................................ 235
1.26 M1MJA/MJM DWDM 10G Board .................................................................. 244
1.26.1 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the MJA/MJM Board ........................... 244
1.27 M1TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Board ...................................................................... 252
1.27.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Board ............. 252
1.27.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Board (10G
SDH Services).............................................................................................. 259
1.27.3 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Board (10G
Data Services).............................................................................................. 267
1.28 M2&M3 CH1 Board (Client Side) .................................................................. 270
1.28.1 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the CH1 Board ................................... 270
1.29 100G Optical Transponder M2&M3TS4 ........................................................ 278
1.29.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the TS4 Board ...................................... 278
1.29.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the TS4 Board .................................... 284
1.30 10-Channel 10G Aggregation Board (MX2) .................................................. 291
1.30.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the MX2 Board...................................... 291
1.30.2 10-Channel 10G Aggregation Board (MX2) .................................................. 297
1.31 M2 LS4 of 100G Line Board ......................................................................... 305
1.31.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the LS4 Board....................................... 305
1.32 M2 CS4 – 100G Client Board ....................................................................... 311
1.32.1 Client-Side Optical Interface of CS4 Board ................................................... 311
1.33 OMU—Multiplexer Board .............................................................................. 318
1.33.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 318
1.33.2 Isolation between Adjacent Channels ........................................................... 320

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. VI


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.33.3 Isolation between Non-adjacent Channels .................................................... 321


1.34 ODU—De-Multiplexer Board......................................................................... 322
1.34.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 322
1.34.2 Isolation between Adjacent Channels ........................................................... 323
1.34.3 Isolation between Non-adjacent Channels .................................................... 325
1.35 VMUX—Pre-Equalization Multiplexer Board ................................................. 326
1.35.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 326
1.36 SOAD/OAD—Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Board ........................................ 328
1.36.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 328
1.36.2 Channel Isolation .......................................................................................... 330
1.37 SOGMD/OGMD—Optical Combined De-Multiplexer Board .......................... 332
1.37.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 332
1.37.2 Isolation ........................................................................................................ 334
1.38 OCI—Optical Multiplexer/De-Multiplexer Board ............................................ 336
1.38.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 336
1.38.2 Isolation ........................................................................................................ 337
1.39 SDMT/SDMR—Supervision Add/Drop Multiplexer Board.............................. 339
1.39.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 339
1.39.2 Isolation ........................................................................................................ 340
1.40 PDU—Power Distribution Unit ...................................................................... 342
1.40.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel 342
1.41 WBU—Wavelength Block Board ................................................................... 344
1.41.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 344
1.42 WSUA/WSUD—Wavelength Selection Board ............................................... 346
1.42.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 346
1.43 LAC—Line Attenuation Control Board .......................................................... 348
1.43.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 348
1.44 OA—Optical Amplifier ................................................................................... 350
1.44.1 Maximum Overall Optical Output Power ....................................................... 350
1.44.2 Noise Coefficient .......................................................................................... 351
1.44.3 Signal Gain ................................................................................................... 352
1.44.4 Gain Flatness ............................................................................................... 353
1.44.5 Gain Slope .................................................................................................... 353
1.45 DRA—Distributed RAMAN Amplifier ............................................................. 354
1.45.1 Signal Gain ................................................................................................... 354
1.45.2 Gain Flatness ............................................................................................... 355
1.46 SOSC/SOSCB—Optical Supervision Channel Board ................................... 356
1.46.1 Working Wavelength..................................................................................... 356
1.46.2 Optical Transmit Power ................................................................................ 356
1.46.3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity .......................................................................... 357
1.46.4 Overload Optical Power ................................................................................ 358
1.47 SOP—Optical Protection Board .................................................................... 360
1.47.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 360
1.48 SOPCS—Optical Channel Shared Protection Board..................................... 361
1.48.1 Insertion Loss ............................................................................................... 361
1.49 Testing OTN Functions ................................................................................. 363
1.49.1 Testing the OPUk Overhead ......................................................................... 363
1.49.2 Testing the ODUk PM Overhead .................................................................. 364
1.49.3 Testing the ODUk PM Overhead .................................................................. 365
1.49.4 Testing the OTUk Overhead ......................................................................... 368

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. VII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

2 System Performance Test .......................................................................... 372


2.1 MPI-R and MPI-S ......................................................................................... 372
2.1.1 MPI-S(S’) Interface ....................................................................................... 372
2.1.2 MPI-R(R’) Interface ....................................................................................... 375
2.2 Protection Test ............................................................................................. 380
2.2.1 SNP 1+1 Protection ...................................................................................... 380
2.2.2 SCC 1+1 Protection ...................................................................................... 380
2.2.3 Optical Channel 1+1 Protection Switching Time and Priority ........................ 381
2.3 Testing the Bit Error and Performance .......................................................... 383
2.3.1 24-Hour BER ................................................................................................ 383
2.3.2 24-Hour Packet Loss Rate ............................................................................ 385
2.3.3 Throughout ................................................................................................... 386
2.3.4 Time Delay ................................................................................................... 386
2.4 Testing the Layer-2 Switching ....................................................................... 387
2.4.1 MAC Address Learning ................................................................................. 387
2.4.2 Testing the Tag............................................................................................. 388
2.4.3 Policy and Priority ......................................................................................... 389
2.4.4 Adding and Deleting the S-TAG .................................................................... 390
2.4.5 Verifying the Number of VLANs that can be Configured to One Port
Simultaneously ............................................................................................. 392
2.4.6 Support of Same C-VLAN and Different C-VLAN or Same S-VLAN and
Different S-VLAN.......................................................................................... 393
2.4.7 Verifying the Behavior of Sending Data Packets with the Same MAC but
Different VLANs ........................................................................................... 394
2.4.8 Verifying the Equipment Behavior when the MAC Table is Full ..................... 396
2.4.9 Traffic Policy Based on Port /VLAN/801.1p ................................................... 397
2.4.10 Link Aggregation/LACP ................................................................................ 398
2.5 Testing the IP Phone System ....................................................................... 399
2.5.1 IP Phone....................................................................................................... 399
2.5.2 Voice Quality and Volume............................................................................. 399

3 ROADM Test................................................................................................ 400


3.1 Wavelength Reconfiguration ......................................................................... 400
3.2 Port Assignment ........................................................................................... 401
3.3 Traffic Broadcast .......................................................................................... 401
3.4 Directionless Function .................................................................................. 402
3.5 Colorless Function ........................................................................................ 405
3.6 Creating End-to-End Circuits on the EMS ..................................................... 406

4 WASON Test ............................................................................................... 407


4.1 Testing the Link Auto-Discovery Function ..................................................... 407
4.2 Testing the Network Topology Refresh Function .......................................... 408
4.3 Testing the Creation of an End-to-End SPC Service ..................................... 410
4.4 Testing the Deletion of an End-to-End SPC Service ..................................... 412
4.5 Testing the SPC Route Constraint Policy Function ....................................... 414
4.6 Testing the SPC Service Restoration Function ............................................. 416
4.7 Testing the SPC Permanent 1+1 Protection Function ................................... 418

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. VIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

FIGURES

Figure 1-1 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing Optical Output Power at the line side............. 7
Figure 1-2 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection............................................ 8
Figure 1-3 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface..... 9
Figure 1-4 Central Wavelength Connection ........................................................................ 11
Figure 1-5 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ..................................................................... 12
Figure 1-6 SMSR Connection ............................................................................................ 13
Figure 1-7 SOTU2.5G Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side ..... 14
Figure 1-8 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection.......................................... 14
Figure 1-9 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ....... 16
Figure 1-10 SOTU2.5G input jitter tolerance of input interface ........................................... 17
Figure 1-11 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 18
Figure 1-12 Connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side for SOTU10G .......... 21
Figure 1-13 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection......................................... 22
Figure 1-14 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface. 23
Figure 1-15 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 24
Figure 1-16 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 25
Figure 1-17 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 26
Figure 1-18 SOTU10G connection for testing Optical Output Power at client side.............. 27
Figure 1-19 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection......................................... 28
Figure 1-20 SOTU10G Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ...... 29
Figure 1-21 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface ............................................ 31
Figure 1-22 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 32
Figure 1-23 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ..................... 35
Figure 1-24 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 36
Figure 1-25 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface ...... 37
Figure 1-26 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 38
Figure 1-27 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 39
Figure 1-28 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 40
Figure 1-29 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client side ............ 41
Figure 1-30 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 42
Figure 1-31 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side........... 43

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. IX


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-32 Input jitter tolerance of SRM41 input interface ................................................. 45


Figure 1-33 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 46
Figure 1-34 SRM42 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ..................... 49
Figure 1-35 SRM42 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 50
Figure 1-36 SRM42 Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface ...... 51
Figure 1-37 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 52
Figure 1-38 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 54
Figure 1-39 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 55
Figure 1-40 SRM42 connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client side ............ 56
Figure 1-41 SRM42 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 57
Figure 1-42 SRM42 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side........... 58
Figure 1-43 Input jitter tolerance of SRM42 input interface ................................................. 60
Figure 1-44 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 61
Figure 1-45 GEM connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ......................... 64
Figure 1-46 GEM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................. 65
Figure 1-47 GEM Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface .......... 66
Figure 1-48 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 67
Figure 1-49 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 68
Figure 1-50 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 69
Figure 1-51 GEM connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client side ................ 71
Figure 1-52 GEM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................. 72
Figure 1-53 GEM Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side .............. 73
Figure 1-54 SDSA connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ....................... 74
Figure 1-55 SDSA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................... 75
Figure 1-56 SDSA Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface ........ 76
Figure 1-57 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 77
Figure 1-58 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 78
Figure 1-59 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 79
Figure 1-60 SDSA connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client side............... 80
Figure 1-61 SDSA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................... 82
Figure 1-62 SDSA Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ............. 83
Figure 1-63 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Client Side of
DSAC ................................................................................................................................... 84
Figure 1-64 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client Side of DSAC .............. 86

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. X


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-65 Configuration of the Minimum Overload Optical Power at the Client Side of
DSAC ................................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 1-66 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA
............................................................................................................................................. 88
Figure 1-67 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 89
Figure 1-68 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA .......... 90
Figure 1-69 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side of ASMA ................ 91
Figure 1-70 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 92
Figure 1-71 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 93
Figure 1-72 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA
............................................................................................................................................. 94
Figure 1-73 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 96
Figure 1-74 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA .......... 97
Figure 1-75 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Average Transmit Optical Power .................. 99
Figure 1-76 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receiver Sensitivity .................................... 100
Figure 1-77 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receive Overload Optical Power ............... 101
Figure 1-78 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Maximum Output Jitter ............................... 102
Figure 1-79 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Input Jitter Tolerance ................................. 103
Figure 1-80 Configuration of the Drop COM Average Transmit Optical Power ................. 106
Figure 1-81 Configuration of the Drop COM Receiver Sensitivity ..................................... 108
Figure 1-82 Configuration of the Drop COM Receive Overload Optical Power ................. 109
Figure 1-83 Configuration of the Drop COM Maximum Output Jitter ................................ 111
Figure 1-84 Configuration of the Drop COM Input Jitter Tolerance ................................... 112
Figure 1-85 Configuration of the Drop COM Jitter Transfer Function ................................ 113
Figure 1-86 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Client Side of
SMUB/C ............................................................................................................................. 114
Figure 1-87 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client Side of SMUB/C......... 116
Figure 1-88 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the Client Side of
SMUB/C ............................................................................................................................. 117
Figure 1-89 Configuration of the Output Jitter at the Client Side of SMUB/C .................... 118
Figure 1-90 Configuration of the Input Jitter Tolerance at the Client Side of SMUB/C ...... 120
Figure 1-91 Configuration of the Jitter Transfer Function at the Client Side of SMUB/C ... 122
Figure 1-92 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of
SMUB/L .............................................................................................................................. 123
Figure 1-93 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of SMUB/L............ 124
Figure 1-94 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of
SMUB/L .............................................................................................................................. 125

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XI


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-95 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side of SMUB/L ........... 126
Figure 1-96 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of SMUB/L ............ 127
Figure 1-97 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of SMUB/L ............ 128
Figure 1-98 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of CD2/CO2/CQ2
........................................................................................................................................... 130
Figure 1-99 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection................................ 131
Figure 1-100 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side
........................................................................................................................................... 132
Figure 1-101 Input jitter tolerance of CD2/CO2/CQ2 input interface ................................. 134
Figure 1-102 Output Jitter Configuration .......................................................................... 135
Figure 1-103 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side
........................................................................................................................................... 138
Figure 1-104 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection...................... 139
Figure 1-105 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of LO2/LQ2
........................................................................................................................................... 140
Figure 1-106 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 141
Figure 1-107 Spectral Width Connection .......................................................................... 142
Figure 1-108 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 143
Figure 1-109 TST3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side .................... 144
Figure 1-110 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................ 145
Figure 1-111 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of TST3 . 146
Figure 1-112 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 147
Figure 1-113 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 148
Figure 1-114 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 149
Figure 1-115 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of TST3 ......... 150
Figure 1-116 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................ 151
Figure 1-117 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ................... 152
Figure 1-118 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface ........................................ 154
Figure 1-119 Output Jitter Connection.............................................................................. 155
Figure 1-120 MQT3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ................... 158
Figure 1-121 MQT3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................................... 159
Figure 1-122 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of MQT3 160
Figure 1-123 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 161
Figure 1-124 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 162
Figure 1-125 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 163
Figure 1-126 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of MQT3 ........ 164

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-127 MQT3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................................... 165


Figure 1-128 MQT3 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side......... 166
Figure 1-129 MQT3 input jitter tolerance of input interface ............................................... 168
Figure 1-130 Output Jitter Connection.............................................................................. 169
Figure 1-131 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of CS3 ........... 172
Figure 1-132 CS3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .............................................. 173
Figure 1-133 CS3 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side............ 174
Figure 1-134 CS3 input jitter tolerance of input interface .................................................. 176
Figure 1-135 Output Jitter Connection.............................................................................. 177
Figure 1-136 LS3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ...................... 180
Figure 1-137 LS3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................... 181
Figure 1-138 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of LS3 ... 182
Figure 1-139 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 183
Figure 1-140 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 184
Figure 1-141 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 185
Figure 1-142 FCA connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ...................... 186
Figure 1-143 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ...................................................... 187
Figure 1-144 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of FCA ... 188
Figure 1-145 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 189
Figure 1-146 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 190
Figure 1-147 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 191
Figure 1-148 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of FAC........... 192
Figure 1-149 FCA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .............................................. 193
Figure 1-150 FCA Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ........... 195
Figure 1-151 MOM2 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side .................. 196
Figure 1-152 MOM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .......................................... 197
Figure 1-153 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of MOM2198
Figure 1-154 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 199
Figure 1-155 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 200
Figure 1-156 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 201
Figure 1-157 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of MOM2 ....... 202
Figure 1-158 MOM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .......................................... 204
Figure 1-159 MOM2 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ........ 205
Figure 1-160 Output Jitter Connection.............................................................................. 207
Figure 1-161 SOTU10G input jitter tolerance of input interface ........................................ 209

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-162 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line Side 211
Figure 1-163 MQA1/MQM1 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection................................ 212
Figure 1-164 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Side
........................................................................................................................................... 213
Figure 1-165 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 214
Figure 1-166 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 216
Figure 1-167 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 219
Figure 1-168 MQA1/MQM1 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 220
Figure 1-169 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 222
Figure 1-170 Input Jitter Connection ................................................................................... 224
Figure 1-171 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 225
Figure 1-172 MQA2/MQM2 connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line Side . 228
Figure 1-173 MQA2/MQM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 229
Figure 1-174 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Side
........................................................................................................................................... 230
Figure 1-175 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 231
Figure 1-176 -20 dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................. 233
Figure 1-177 SMSR Connection ......................................................................................... 234
Figure 1-178 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 235
Figure 1-179 MQA2/MQM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 237
Figure 1-180 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 238
Figure 1-181 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 240
Figure 1-182 Input Jitter Tolerance of MQA2/MQM2 Input Interface ................................... 242
Figure 1-183 MJA/MJM connection for testing Optical Output Power at the Cine Side ....... 244
Figure 1-184 MJA/MJM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................................ 246
Figure 1-185 MJA/MJM Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side 247
Figure 1-186 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 249
Figure 1-187 Input jitter tolerance of MJA /MJM Input Interface .......................................... 251
Figure 1-188 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line
Side .................................................................................................................................... 253
Figure 1-189 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................ 254
Figure 1-190 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line
Side .................................................................................................................................... 255

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIV
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-191 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 256


Figure 1-192 -20 dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................. 257
Figure 1-193 SMSR Connection ......................................................................................... 259
Figure 1-194 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client
Side .................................................................................................................................... 260
Figure 1-195 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................ 261
Figure 1-196 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client
Side .................................................................................................................................... 262
Figure 1-197 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 263
Figure 1-198 Input Jitter Tolerance of TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP input Interface ......................... 265
Figure 1-199 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client
Side .................................................................................................................................... 267
Figure 1-200 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Optical Receive Sensitivity Connection ......................... 268
Figure 1-201 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client
Side .................................................................................................................................... 269
Figure 1-202 CH1 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side ............ 270
Figure 1-203 CH1 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection................................................. 272
Figure 1-204 CH1 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Interface .. 273
Figure 1-205 Input Jitter Tolerance of CH1 Input Interface.................................................. 275
Figure 1-206 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 276
Figure 1-207 TS4 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line Side ............... 279
Figure 1-208 TS4 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................. 280
Figure 1-209 TS4 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Side ............ 281
Figure 1-210 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 282
Figure 1-211 20 dB Spectral Width Connection .................................................................. 283
Figure 1-212 SMSR Connection ......................................................................................... 284
Figure 1-213 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 285
Figure 1-214 TS Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at Client Side ..................... 286
Figure 1-215 TS4 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................. 287
Figure 1-216 TS4 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side ......... 288
Figure 1-217 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of TS4 .............. 289
Figure 1-218 TS4 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................. 290
Figure 1-219 TS4 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side ......... 291
Figure 1-220 MX2 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at Line Side .................... 292
Figure 1-221 MX2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ................................................ 293
Figure 1-222 MX2 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface .... 294

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XV


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-223 Central frequency Connection ....................................................................... 295


Figure 1-224 Configuration of the OMU Insertion Loss ..................................................... 319
Figure 1-225 Configuration of OMU Isolation between Adjacent Channels ...................... 320
Figure 1-226 Configuration of OMU Isolation between Non-adjacent Channels ............... 321
Figure 1-227 Configuration of ODU Insertion Loss ........................................................... 323
Figure 1-228 Configuration of ODU Isolation between Adjacent Channels ....................... 324
Figure 1-229 Configuration of ODU Isolation between Non-adjacent Channels................ 325
Figure 1-230 Configuration of the VMUX Insertion Loss ................................................... 327
Figure 1-231 Configuration of OAD Insertion Loss ........................................................... 328
Figure 1-232 Configuration of the OAD Channel Isolation ................................................ 331
Figure 1-233 Configuration of the OGMD Insertion Loss .................................................. 333
Figure 1-234 Configuration of the OGMD Isolation ........................................................... 335
Figure 1-235 Configuration of the OCI Insertion Loss ....................................................... 337
Figure 1-236 Configuration of the OCI Isolation ............................................................... 338
Figure 1-237 Configuration of the ADMR Insertion Loss................................................... 340
Figure 1-238 Configuration of the SDMT Insertion Loss ................................................... 340
Figure 1-239 Configuration of the SDMR Isolation ........................................................... 341
Figure 1-240 Configuration of the SDMT Isolation ............................................................ 341
Figure 1-241 Configuration of the PDU Insertion Loss ..................................................... 343
Figure 1-242 Configuration of the WBU Insertion Loss ..................................................... 345
Figure 1-243 Configuration of the WBU Insertion Loss ..................................................... 347
Figure 1-244 Configuration of the LAC Insertion Loss ...................................................... 349
Figure 1-245 OA Maximum Overall Optical Output Power................................................ 350
Figure 1-246 Configuration of the OA Noise Coefficient ................................................... 351
Figure 1-247 Configuration of the OA Signal Gain............................................................ 352
Figure 1-248 Configuration of the OA Gain Flatness ........................................................ 353
Figure 1-249 Configuration of the OA Signal Gain............................................................ 354
Figure 1-250 Configuration of the OA Gain Flatness ........................................................ 355
Figure 1-251 Configuration of the OSC Output Wavelength ............................................. 356
Figure 1-252 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power ................................. 357
Figure 1-253 Configuration of the SOP Insertion Loss ..................................................... 360
Figure 1-254 Configuration of the SOPCS Insertion Loss................................................. 362
Figure 1-255 Configuration of the OPUk Overhead .......................................................... 363
Figure 1-256 Configuration of the ODUk PM Overhead.................................................... 364
Figure 1-257 Configuration of the ODUk-PM Overhead ................................................... 366

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVI
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-258 Configuration of the OTUk Overhead .......................................................... 369


Figure 2-1 Configuration of the Maximum Channel Power Difference at MPI-S (S’) Point 373
Figure 2-2 Configuration of the Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Each Channel at MPI-S (S’)
Point ................................................................................................................................... 375
Figure 2-3 Configuration of the Maximum Channel Power Difference at MPI-R (R’) Point 376
Figure 2-4 Configuration of the Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Each Channel at MPI-R (R’)
Point ................................................................................................................................... 378
Figure 2-5 Configuration of the SNP 1+1 Protection ......................................................... 380
Figure 2-6 Configuration of the SCC 1+1 Protection ........................................................ 381
Figure 2-7 Configuration of the System Switching Time ................................................... 382
Figure 2-8 Configuration of the Bit Error in the 2.5G/10G Service System ....................... 384
Figure 2-9 Configuration of the 24-Hour Packet Loss Rate .............................................. 385
Figure 2-10 Configuration of the Throughout .................................................................... 386
Figure 2-11 Configuration of the Time Delay .................................................................... 387
Figure 2-12 Configuration of MAC Address Learning ....................................................... 388
Figure 2-13 Configuration of the Tag ................................................................................ 389
Figure 2-14 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 390
Figure 2-15 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 391
Figure 2-16 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 392
Figure 2-17 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 393
Figure 2-18 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 395
Figure 2-19 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 396
Figure 2-20 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 397
Figure 2-21 Test Configuration ......................................................................................... 398
Figure 3-1 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 400
Figure 3-2 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 401
Figure 3-3 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 402
Figure 3-4 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 404
Figure 3-5 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 405
Figure 3-6 Test Configuration ........................................................................................... 406

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

TABLES

Table 1-1 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 17
Table 1-2 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 19
Table 1-3 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 31
Table 1-4 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 33
Table 1-5 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 45
Table 1-6 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 47
Table 1-7 Requirements for central wavelength and offset ................................................. 53
Table 1-8 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 60
Table 1-9 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 62
Table 1-10 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 104
Table 1-11 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 111
Table 1-12 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 119
Table 1-13 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 121
Table 1-14 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 134
Table 1-15 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 136
Table 1-16 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 154
Table 1-17 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 156
Table 1-18 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 168
Table 1-19 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 170
Table 1-20 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 176
Table 1-21 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 178
Table 1-22 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 207
Table 1-23 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 209
Table 1-24 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 215
Table 1-25 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 217
Table 1-26 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 224
Table 1-27 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 226
Table 1-28 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 232
Table 1-29 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 233
Table 1-30 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 240
Table 1-31 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 242
Table 1-32 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 249

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-33 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 251
Table 1-34 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 256
Table 1-35 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 258
Table 1-36 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 264
Table 1-37 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 265
Table 1-38 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 275
Table 1-39 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 277
Table 2-1 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at MPI-S (S’) point . 373
Table 2-2 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at MPI-R (R’) point . 377
Table 2-3 Requirements for the Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Each Channel at MPI-R (R’)
Point ................................................................................................................................... 379

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIX
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1 Board Test

1.1 Primary Power Supply Test

1.1.1 Primary Power Voltage


Test item Primary Power Voltage

1. The equipment installation has been checked and


accepted.
2. DC power supplies (such as the rectifier cabinet and
Prerequisites
battery) work properly.
3. The loop switch of the power supplies and the air switch on
the power alarm plug-in box are in OFF status.

1. Use a multimeter (set to measure resistance) to measure


the resistance between the –power of the air switch unit in the
power alarm plug-in box and the working ground (GND) output
terminal. No short circuit is allowed. Check whether the
terminals are properly labeled and make sure the power cables
Test Process
and ground cables are properly connected.
2. For DC, connect the loop switch of the power supplies, and
use a multimeter (set to measure DC resistance) to measure the
resistance between the -48V air switch unit of the power alarm
plug-in box and -48V GND output terminal.

Acceptance DC power of OTN devices also supports the -60v voltage. The
Criteria hardware is the same. The voltage is within -50v to -70v.

Remarks N/A

1.1.2 Voltage between Working Ground and Protection Ground


Test item Voltage between Working Ground and Protection Ground

Prerequisites Pass the primary power supply test.

Use a multimeter (set to measure DC voltage) to measure the


Test Process voltage between terminals of the power protection ground and
working ground.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 1


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Acceptance The voltage between the working ground and protection ground
Criteria terminals should be 0.

Remarks

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 2


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.1.3 Working Ground Resistance


Test item Working Ground Resistance

1. The bus bar of the working ground has been installed.


2. The grounding body has been buried.
Prerequisites
3. The equipment has been installed, and the ground cable
connections are in good condition.

1. Connect to the equipment’s working ground with a ground


Test Process resistance tester (such as SGT-12A).
2. Start up the tester to read the data.

Acceptance The resistance of the DC working ground should be less than or


Criteria equal to 4Ω.

This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.

1.1.4 Resistance of Lightning Protection Ground


Test item Resistance of Lightning Protection Ground

1. The bus bar of the lightning protection ground has been


installed.
Prerequisites 2. The grounding body has been buried.
3. The equipment has been installed, and the ground cable
connections are in good condition.

1. Connect to the equipment’s protection ground with a


Test Process ground resistance tester (such as SGT-12A).
2. Start up the tester to read the data.

Acceptance The resistances of the security protection ground and lightning


Criteria protection ground should be less than or equal to 4Ω.

This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.

1.1.5 Ground Resistance of Joint Grounding


Test item Ground Resistance of Joint Grounding

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 3


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. The ground bus-bar of joint grounding has been installed.


2. The grounding body has been buried.
Prerequisites
3. The equipment has been installed, and the ground cable
connections are good.

1. Connect to the equipment’s working ground and protection


Test Process ground with a ground resistance tester (such as SGT-12A).
2. Start up the tester to read the data.

The joint-grounding resistance of the communication office


Acceptance
where the devices are located should be less than or equal to
Criteria
1Ω.

This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.

1.1.6 Maximum Working Current


Test item Maximum Working Current
1. The equipment has been installed and powered on.
Prerequisites 2. The equipment is running in normal state.
3. No service is loaded.

1. Method 1: Read the working current though the user’s


power-supply module.
Test Process
2. Method 2: Measure the -48V power cable with a clamp
meter, and read the value.

Acceptance The working current should be less than the maximum rated
Criteria current under the circumstance the equipment is at full load.

Remarks N/A

1.2 Fan Test


Test item Fan Unit Monitoring

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 4


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test. The loop switch of the
power supplies is connected, the air switch on the power alarm
plug-in box is in OFF status, and all the boards are in float
inserted state.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network
Prerequisites
data has been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been
downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected
properly.

1. Check the primary power supply and make sure that it is


running in normal state, and then connect the general power
switch for the cabinet. Insert three fan units into the fan plug-in
Test Process box separately in turn, and check whether the fan works
properly.
2. Monitor the rotational speed and temperature of the fan in
the EMS.

1. Fans should run stably at an even speed.


Acceptance
2. Such information as rotational speed and temperature of
Criteria
the fan can be properly reported on the EMS.

Remarks N/A

1.3 Alarm Function Test

1.3.1 Alarm Indicator


Test item Alarm Indicator
Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
Prerequisites
equipment has been powered on and working properly.

Check whether the relationship between the cabinet-top alarm


Test Process
indicator and the working status of the equipment is correct.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 5


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. After the equipment is powered on, the green indicator on


top of the cabinet should be always on.
2. Only the green indicator should be always on when the
equipment has no alarms.
Acceptance
3. The green and yellow indicators on top of the cabinet
Criteria
should be always on when the equipment has a minor alarm
only.
4. The green, yellow and red indicators on top of the cabinet
should be always on when the equipment has a critical alarm.

Remarks N/A

1.3.2 Alarm Buzzer


Test Item Alarm Buzzer
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
Prerequisites equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The ring-interception switch of the cabinet is set to Normal.

Check whether the relationship between the cabinet-top alarm buzzer


Test Process
and working status of the equipment is correct.

1. The cabinet-top buzzer should beep when the equipment has an


Acceptance alarm.
Criteria 2. The cabinet-top buzzer should beep when the equipment has no
alarms.

Remarks N/A

1.3.3 Alarm Ring Interception


Test Item Alarm Ring Interception

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
Prerequisites equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS is not configured with any alarm mask.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 6


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Unplug the input fiber of port 1 in the OSC board. The equipment
generates an alarm.
2. The ring-interception switch of the cabinet is set to Normal.
3. The cabinet-top buzzer should beep.
Test Process
4. Set the ring-interception switch of the cabinet to off.
5. The cabinet-top buzzer should not beep.
6. Plug the input fiber of port 1 in the OSC board back after the test,
and set the alarm ring-interception switch of the cabinet to Normal.

1. There is an alarm.
2. If the alarm ring-interception switch is set to normal, the alarm
Acceptance
buzzer works properly.
Criteria
3. If the alarm ring-interception switch is set to off, the alarm buzzer
should fail.

Remarks N/A

1.4 SOTU2.5G/OTU2.5G—2.5G Optical Transponder

1.4.1 Optical Interface at the Line Side of the SOTU2.5G Board

1.4.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Test Process
Figure 1-1 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing Optical Output Power
at the line side

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 7


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

Acceptance
EA modulation: 0 dBm ~ +6dBm
Criteria

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.4.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-2 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

C L
Optical S Sn Variable
SDH/OTN R T
attenuator TST3 L Optical
Analyzer C 50/50
R attenuator
T Rn coupler
Test Process
Optical
power meter

2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 8


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity


SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

Acceptance PIN: ≤ -21dBm (BOL)-23(EOL)


Criteria APD: ≤ -28dBm (BOL)-30(EOL)

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.4.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-3 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point
at the line interface

C L OA+
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T variable
Analyzer attenuator C 2.5G L Optical
50/50
T R attenuator
Rn coupler
Test Process
Optical
power meter

2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 9


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power


10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

Acceptance PIN: ≥0 dBm;


Criteria APD: ≥-9 dBm.

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.4.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 10


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-4 Central Wavelength Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power of SOTU2.5G.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.

Acceptance
≤ ±12.5GHz
Criteria

The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the


Remarks
optical signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.4.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 11


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-5 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance
≤ 0.2nm (EA modulation); ≤ 0.5nm (direct modulation)
Criteria

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.4.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 12


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item SMSR

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-6 SMSR Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.4.2 Optical Interface at the Client Side of the SOTU2.5G Board

1.4.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 13


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-7 SOTU2.5G Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at
the Client Side

S CR
SDH analyzer LT Sn
Optical
SOTU2.5G
Test Optical power
R CT LR power meter
Process meter Rn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal
to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the
Optical Output Power.

I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm

Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..

1.4.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


Test Process signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-8 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 14


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU2.5G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn

Optical power
meter

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with
BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located in
the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.4.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Test Process 1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 15


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-9 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point
at the client side

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU2.5G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn

Optical power
meter

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point R when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.4.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


Test Process
calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 16


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance


the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of
the SDH analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the
template.

Figure 1-10 SOTU2.5G input jitter tolerance of input interface

Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2

A2

Acceptance
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-1 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 17


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with
that of the meter.

1.4.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-11 Output Jitter Connection

Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2

Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 18


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

Table 1-2 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 U

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~ 2 MHz 0.10UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter
template, select o.172 for the test.

1.4.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 19


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
Test Process and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.5 10G Optical Transponder


SOTU10G/OTU10G/EOTU10G/EOTU10GB (for
SDH/OTN/10GE Services)

1.5.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.5.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 20


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-12 Connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side
for SOTU10G

SDH/OTN Variable S CR LT Sn Optical power meter


analyzer optical SOTU10G
attenuator LR
Rn
Test Process

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

Acceptance ERZ:-5~-2d B m
Criteria NRZ:-5~+1d B m

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.5.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 21


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-13 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

C L Variable
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T Optical
Analyzer attenuator C 10G L attenuator
50/50
T R
Rn coupler

Optical
power meter

2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with
BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

Acceptance PIN: ≤--14dBm(EOL), ≤--17(BOL,OTU2), ≤--16(BOL,OTU2e)


Criteria APD: ≤-21dBm(EOL), ≤--24(BOL,OTU2), ≤--22(BOL,OTU2e)

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.5.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 22


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-14 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point
at the line interface

C L OA+varia
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T ble Optical
Analyzer attenuator C 10G L attenuator
50/50
T R
Rn coupler

Optical
Test Process power meter

2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

Acceptance PIN: ≥0 dBm;


Criteria APD: ≥-9 dBm.

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.5.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 23


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-15 Central Wavelength Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power of SOTU2.5G.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.

Acceptance ≤ ±12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)


Criteria ≤ ±5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)

The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the


Remarks
optical signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.5.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 24


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-16 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.5.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 25


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-17 SMSR Connection

C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn

Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.5.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.5.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 26


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH/IP signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-18 SOTU10G connection for testing Optical Output Power
at client side

Test Process

2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

SDH services:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: -2~+2 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: -4.5~ +4 dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW : -1~ -7.3 dBm

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.5.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 27


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-19 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU10G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn

Optical power
meter

Test Process 2. The SDH/IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

SDH services:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: ≤-26 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-14dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW : ≤-11.1dBm

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 28


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.5.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-20 SOTU10G Connection for testing receive overload point
at the client side

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T Optical
Optical optical C SOTU10G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
amplifier attenuat R T R
or Rn

Test Process Optical power


meter

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 29


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power

SDH services:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: ≤-9 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≥-1 dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW: ≥-1 dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point R when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.5.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
Test Process
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of
the SDH analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the
template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 30


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

Figure 1-21 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface

Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2

A2

Acceptance
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-3 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with
that of the meter.

1.5.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 31


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-22 Output Jitter Connection

Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2

Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 32


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

Table 1-4 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz ~ 1.3MHz 0.30 UI


STM-1
65kHz ~ 1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz ~ 5MHz 0.30 UI


Acceptance STM-4
250kHz ~ 5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz ~ 20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz ~ 20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz ~ 80MHz 0.30 UI


STM-64
4MHz ~ 80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz ~ 320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~ 320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter
template, select o.172 for the test.

1.5.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 33


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
Test Process and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.6 SRM41—Four-Channel 2.5G Aggregation Board

1.6.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.6.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 34


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-23 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at
line side

SDH signal A1 Ra OUT


Optical
generator power
D1 Sd San
Ra meter
A2
D2 Sd
Ra SRM
A3
Test Process Sd
D3
Ra IN
A4
Sd
D4 Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

Acceptance
-5~+1d B m
Criteria

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.6.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 35


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-24 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
SDH A1 Ra Variable
OUT 50/50
analyzer Sd optical
D1 San coupler
Ra attenuator
A2
Sd Optical
D2
A3
Ra SRM power
Sd IN
D3 meter
Ra Rdn
A4
Sd
D4

2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 110-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

Acceptance PIN: ≤-14dBm


Criteria APD: ≤-21dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.6.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 36


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-25 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at
the line interface
Variabl
A1 Ra e
SDH analyzer OUT 50/50
OA optical
D1 Sd San coupler
attenua
A2 Ra
tor
Sd Optical
D2
Ra SRM power
A3
Sd IN meter
D3
Ra Rdn
A4
Sd
Test Process D4

2. Set the SDH analyzer correctly, and send test signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

Acceptance PIN: ≥0 dBm;


Criteria APD: ≥-9 dBm.

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.6.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 37


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-26 Central Wavelength Connection

SDH signal A1 Ra Optical


OUT
generator Sd multi-
D1 San wavelength
Ra meter
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Ra
Test Process A4 IN
Sd
D4
Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the STM-4/1 signal to the
board under test, and adjust the optical power to meet requirements of
the receive optical power of SRM41.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.

Acceptance ≤ ±12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)


Criteria ≤ ±5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)

The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the


Remarks
optical signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.6.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 38


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-27 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Process Ra
A4 IN
Sd
D4
Rdn

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.6.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 39


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-28 SMSR Connection

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Ra
A4 IN
Test Process Sd
D4 Rdn

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 40


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.6.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.6.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-29 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at
the client side

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator D1 Sd
San
Ra
Optical A2
Sd Optical
power D2
Ra SRM attenuat
meter A3
Test Process or
Sd
D3
Ra
A4
IN
D4 Sd
Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 41


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.6.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-30 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra OUT
optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator Optical
A2 SRM attenuat
Optical D2
or
power A3
D3
IN

meter A4 Rdn
D4

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

I16: ≤-18dBm
S16: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 42


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.6.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-31 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at
the client side
Variable A1 Ra
SDH 50/50 OUT
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator
Optical
A2 SRM
Optical D2 attenuator
power A3 IN
D3
Test Process meter
A4 Rdn
D4

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point R when
the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 43


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.6.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
Test Process
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in step 1. Configure
the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of
the SDH analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the
template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 44


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

Figure 1-32 Input jitter tolerance of SRM41 input interface

A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd
D2 cal
Ra SRM atten
A3
Sd uato
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Sd Rd
D4 n

A2
Acceptance
Criteria

A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-5 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with
that of the meter.

1.6.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 45


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-33 Output Jitter Connection

A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd
n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd cal
D2
Ra SRM atten
A3 uato
Sd
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Test Process Sd Rd
D4 n

2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 46


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

Table 1-6 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20 Hz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~ 20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter
template, select o.172 for the test.

1.6.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 47


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
Test Process and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.7 SRM42—Four-Channel 622M/155M Aggregation


Board

1.7.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.7.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 48


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-34 SRM42 connection for testing Optical Output Power at
line side

SDH signal A1 Ra OUT


Optical
generator power
D1 Sd San
Ra meter
A2
D2 Sd
Ra SRM
A3
Test Process Sd
D3
Ra IN
A4
Sd
D4 Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

Acceptance
-10~ +6d B m
Criteria

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.7.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 49


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-35 SRM42 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
SDH A1 Ra Variable
OUT 50/50
analyzer Sd optical
D1 San coupler
Ra attenuator
A2
Sd
D2 Optical power
Ra SRM
A3
Sd IN
meter
D3
Ra Rdn
A4
Sd
D4

2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

Acceptance PIN: ≤-21dBm


Criteria APD: ≤-28dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.7.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 50


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-36 SRM42 Connection for testing receive overload point at
the line interface
Variabl
A1 Ra e
SDH analyzer OUT 50/50
OA optical
D1 Sd San coupler
attenua
A2 Ra
tor
Sd Optical
D2
Ra SRM power
A3
Sd IN meter
D3
Ra Rdn
A4
Sd
Test Process D4

2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

Acceptance PIN: ≥0 dBm;


Criteria APD: ≥-9 dBm.

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.7.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 51


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under
test.
Figure 1-37 Central Wavelength Connection

Optical
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT multi-
generator Sd
D1 San wavelength
Ra meter
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Ra
A4 IN
Process Sd
D4
Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the STM-4/1 signal to the
board under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements
of the receive optical power of SRM42.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer
to display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and
then read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate
the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 52


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation

1. Both the central wavelength and offset of boards below STM 64


rate should meet the requirements in the following table.
Table 1-7 Requirements for central wavelength and offset

Transmitting End Receiving End


2.5G OTU 10G OTU Receiving
OTU type
Regenerator 2.5G Regenerator 10G End OTU
OTU OTU

Central
No
wavelength Meet the requirements of ITU-TG.694.1
Acceptance requirement
(THz)
Criteria
≤12.5GHz (100
GHz wavelength
Central ≤ 20GHz(100
interval) No
wavelength GHz wavelength
≤5GHz (50 GHz requirement
offset (GHz) interval)
wavelength
interval)

2. For the boards of STM-256 rate


80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz

The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the


Remarks
optical signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.7.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 53


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-38 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Process Ra
A4 IN
Sd
D4
Rdn

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance
≤0.2nm (EA modulation); ≤0.4nm (direct modulation)
Criteria

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.7.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 54


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item SMSR

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-39 SMSR Connection

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Ra
A4 IN
Test Process
Sd
D4 Rdn

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.7.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.7.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 55


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-40 SRM42 connection for testing Optical Output Power at
the client side

SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator D1 Sd
San
Ra
Optical A2
Sd Optical
power D2
Ra SRM attenuat
meter A3
Test Process or
Sd
D3
Ra
A4
IN
D4 Sd
Rdn

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

Acceptance I-1.1/I-4.1: -15~-8dBm


Criteria SI-1.1/S-4.1: -15~-8dBm

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.7.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 56


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-41 SRM42 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra OUT
optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator Optical
A2 SRM attenuat
Optical D2
or
power A3
D3
IN

meter A4 Rdn
D4

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

Acceptance I-1.1/I-4.1: ≤-23dBm


Criteria SI-1.1/S-4.1: ≤-28dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located
in the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.7.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test Item Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 57


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-42 SRM42 Connection for testing receive overload point at
the client side
Variable Ra
SDH 50/50 A1 OUT
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator Optical
A2 SRM attenuat
D2
Optical
A3 IN
or
power
meter D3
Test Process A4
D4
Rdn

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.

Acceptance I-1.1/I-4.1: ≥-8dBm


Criteria SI-1.1/S-4.1: ≥-8dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable


Remarks value of the average receive optical power at reference point R when
the BER reaches 10-12.

1.7.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 58


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
Test Process
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of
the SDH analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the
template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 59


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

Figure 1-43 Input jitter tolerance of SRM42 input interface

A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd
D2 cal
Ra SRM atten
A3
Sd uato
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Sd Rd
D4 n

A2
Acceptance
Criteria

A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-8 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with
that of the meter.

1.7.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 60


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-44 Output Jitter Connection

A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd
n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd cal
D2
Ra SRM atten
A3 uato
Sd
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Test Process Sd Rd
D4 n

2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 61


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

Table 1-9 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 U
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter
template, select o.172 for the test.

1.7.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 62


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
Test Process and adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive
a proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.8 GEM2/GEMF/GEM8—Gigabit Ethernet


Aggregation Board

1.8.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.8.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 63


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the IP signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-45 GEM connection for testing Optical Output Power at line
side

A1 Ra
OUT Optical power
D1 Sd San meter
IP signal
generator GEM
Test Process A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Rdn

2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.

GEM2/GEMF : -10~+6d B m
Acceptance GEM8:
Criteria ERZ:-5~-2d B m
NRZ:-5~+1d B m

Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..

1.8.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 64


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-46 GEM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

A1 Ra OUT Variable
optical
IP Sn attenuator
analyzer D1 Sd
GEM IN
A8 Ra
Rn
D8 Sd Optical power
meter
Test
Process

2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with
BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.

1) GEM2/GEMF
PIN: ≤-21dBm
Acceptance APD: ≤-28dBm
Criteria (2)GEM8
PIN: ≤-14dBm
APD: ≤-21dBm

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 65


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average


Remarks receive optical power on the input port when input signals are located in
the 1550 nm window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.8.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-47 GEM Connection for testing receive overload point at the line
interface

A1 Ra OUT Variable
optical
IP Sn attenuator
analyzer D1 Sd
GEM IN
Test A8 Ra
Rn
Process D8 Sd Optical power
meter

2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 66


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.8.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-48 Central Wavelength Connection

A1 Ra
OUT Optical multi-
D1 Sd San wavelength meter
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Rdn
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive optical
power of GEM.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 67


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.8.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the IP signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-49 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

A1 Ra
OUT
D1 Sd Spectrometer
San
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Process
Rdn

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 68


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

GEM2/GEMF:
≤ 0.2 nm (EA modulation)
Acceptance
GEM8:
Criteria
NRZ≤0.3nm
RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.8.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-50 SMSR Connection

A1 Ra
OUT
D1 Sd Spectrometer
San
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Rdn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 69


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.8.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.8.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 70


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-51 GEM connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client
side

IP signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator
San
Optical power D1 Sd
meter GEM
Test
A8 Ra
Process
D8 Sd IN
Rdn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
nce 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.8.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 71


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-52 GEM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

Optical power
meter

Variable optical A1 Ra
attenuator OUT
S
D1 Sd San
IP analyzer
GEM
A8 Ra
IN
D8 Sd
Test Rdn
Process
2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
nce 1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.8.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 72


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-53 GEM Connection for testing receive overload point at the client
side

Optical power
meter

Variable optical A1 Ra
attenuator OUT
S
Test D1 Sd San
IP analyzer
Process GEM
A8 Ra
IN
D8 Sd
Rdn

2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
nce 1000BASE-(LH, LH1, LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 73


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.9 SDSA—Data Service Aggregation Board

1.9.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.9.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-54 SDSA connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side

Data service A1 Ra Optical


OUT1
signal Sd power
D1 San
generator meter
IN1
SDSA Rdn
Test
Process

2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
nce -10 ~ +6d B m
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 74


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.9.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-55 SDSA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

A1 Ra OUT1 Variable optical


Data San attenuator
D1 Sd
analyzer Optical
SDSA power
meter
board
IN1 50/50
Rdn coupler

Test 2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
PIN: ≤-21dBm
nce
APD: ≤-28dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 75


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.9.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-56 SDSA Connection for testing receive overload point at the line
interface
Variable
Ra OUT Opti
A1 1 optical
Data service OA cal
D1 Sd San attenuato
analyzer filter
r
SDSA
board IN1
50/50
cooupl
Rdn
Test er Optical
power meter
Process

2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm.
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.9.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 76


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-57 Central Wavelength Connection
Optical
Data service A1 Ra
OUT1 multi-
signal Sd
D1 San wavelength
generator
IN1 meter
Rdn
SDSA

Test
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of SDSA.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.9.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 77


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


IP signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under
test.
Figure 1-58 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

Data service A1 Ra
OUT1 Spectrome
signal Sd
D1 San ter
generator
Rdn IN1
SDSA

Test Process

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance OTU1: ≤ 0.2nm (EA modulation);


Criteria OTU2: ≤ 0.4nm (direct modulation)

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.9.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 78


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-59 SMSR Connection

Data service A1 Ra
OUT1 Spectrome
signal Sd
D1 San ter
generator
Rdn IN1
SDSA

Test Process

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 79


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.9.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.9.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-60 SDSA connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client
side

Data service Ra
A1 OUT1
signal
generator D1 Sd
San
Optical
Optical attenuat
SDSA
Test power or
Process meter IN1
Rdn

Sn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 80


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
nce
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.9.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 81


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-61 SDSA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT1
optical
coupler D1 Sd San Optical
attenuator
attenuat
Optical SDSA
IN1 or
Data power Rdn
service meter
analyzer
Test
Process 2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
nce
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≤-18.2dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.9.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 82


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-62 SDSA Connection for testing receive overload point at the
client side
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT1
optical
coupler D1 Sd San Optical
attenuator
attenuat
Optical SDSA
Test IN1 or
Data power Rdn
Process service meter
analyzer

2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
nce
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 83


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.10 DSAC—Data Service Aggregation Board


(Type-C)

1.10.1 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.10.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include a signal generator of IP
data services and an optical power meter.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-63 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Client Side of DSAC
IP data service Ra
A1
signal Back
generator D1 Sd plane
electr
Test Process ical
Optical cross
DSAC -
power conn
meter Ra ect
A8 loopb
Sd ack
D8

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP signal generator can send the GbE signal.
2) Use the optical power meter to measure the optical power at 8
clients sides from DROP1 to DROP 8.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 84


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3dBm

Remarks N/A

1.10.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 85


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the DSAC under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-64 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client
Side of DSAC
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra
IP analyzer optical Backpl
coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al

Optical DSAC cross-


connec
Test Process Ra t
power A8 loopba
Sd ck
meter D8

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP analyzer can send the GbE signal.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator, gradually decrease the
optical power, and make sure there is no packet lost. Test for 10
seconds.
3) Read the current optical power from the meter. The value
indicates the receiver sensitivity at the client side of the DSAC board.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≤-18.2dBm

Remarks N/A

1.10.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test Item Minimum Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 86


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the DSAC under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-65 Configuration of the Minimum Overload Optical Power at
the Client Side of DSAC
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra
IP analyzer optical Backpl
coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al

Optical DSAC cross-


connec
Ra t
Test Process power A8 loopba
Sd ck
meter D8

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP analyzer can send the GbE signal.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator, gradually increase the
optical power, and make sure there is no packet lost. Test for 10
seconds.
3) Read the current optical power from the meter. The value
indicates the overload optical power at the client side of the DSAC
board.

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm

Remarks N/A

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 87


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.11 ASMA/B—Aggregation Transponder

1.11.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.11.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-66 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at
the Line Side of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T
Optical power
C1T Sd San meter
IP
Test ASMA
analyzer L1R
Process CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the optical
power (unit: dBm).
Acceptance ERZ:-5~-2dBm
Criteria NRZ:-5~+1 dBm

Remarks N/A

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 88


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.11.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-67 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T Variable


IP optical
analyzer C1T Sd San attenuator

Test Process ASMA


L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd Optical power
meter

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the ASMA board.
Optical interface at the line side:
Acceptance
PIN: ≤--14dBm(EOL), ≤--17(BOL,OTU2), ≤--16(BOL,OTU2e)
Criteria
APD: : ≤-21dBm: (EOL), ≤--24(BOL,OTU2), ≤--22(BOL,OTU2e)

Remarks N/A

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 89


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.11.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test Item Minimum Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-68 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line
Side of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T Variable


IP optical
analyzer C1T Sd San attenuator

ASMA
L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd
Test Process Optical power
meter

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal. Note that if the output wavelength
on the transmit port of the IP analyzer is within band C, it can be put
into the optical amplifier directly. Otherwise, you need to use an optical
transponder unit (such as SOTU10G board) to convert the wavelength
into the one within the band C.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the ASMA board.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 90


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

optical interface at the line side:


Acceptance
APD: ≥-9dBm
Criteria
PIN: ≥0dBm

Remarks N/A

1.11.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
multi-wavelength meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-69 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side
of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T Optical multi-


-
wavelength
C1T Sd San meter
IP ASMA
analyzer L1R
CnT Ra
Test Process Rdn
CnT Sd

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Read the actual central wavelength value (unit: THz) from the
multi-wavelength meter and record it.
3) The difference between the actual central wavelength and the
nominal central wavelength is the central wavelength deviation (unit:
GHz).

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 91


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Acceptance ≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)


Criteria ≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Remarks N/A

1.11.1.5 Maximum 20dB Spectral Width


Test Item Maximum 20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-70 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T
Spectromet
-
C1T Sd San er
IP ASMA
analyzer L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
Test Process CnT Sd

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to the minimum
value, and the wavelength scanning range is 2 nm. Read the test result
from the meter with the automatic -20dB spectral width testing function,
and record it.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 92


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

Remarks N/A

1.11.1.6 Minimum SMSR


Test Item Minimum SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-71 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of ASMA

C1R Ra L1T
Spectromet
-
C1T Sd San er
IP ASMA
analyzer L1R
CnT Ra
Test Process Rdn
CnT Sd

2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the IP
analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to 0.1nm. Read
the test result from the meter with the automatic SMSR testing function,
and record it.
Acceptance
optical interface at the line side: ≥35dB
Criteria

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 93


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Remarks N/A

1.11.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.11.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-72 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Line Side of ASMA

IP C1R Ra L1T
analyzer
C1T Sd San
Optical power
Test Process meter ASMA
L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd

2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board
backplane self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 94


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm

Remarks N/A

1.11.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 95


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-73 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of ASMA

Optical power
meter

Variable optical CR1 Ra


attenuator L1T
CT
Sd San
1
Test Process
IP analyzer ASMA
Cn
Ra
R L1R
Cnt Sd
Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the ASMA board.

1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm

Remarks N/A

1.11.2.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test Item Minimum Overload Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 96


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-74 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line
Side of ASMA

Optical power
meter

Variable optical CR1 Ra


attenuator L1T
CT
Sd San
1
IP analyzer ASMA
Cn
Ra
R L1R
Test Process Cnt Sd
Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA. Note that if the output
wavelength on the transmit port of the IP analyzer is within band C, it
can be put into the optical amplifier directly. Otherwise, you need to use
an optical transponder unit (such as SOTU10G board) to convert the
wavelength into the one within the band C.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the ASMA board.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 97


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm

Remarks N/A

1.12 SAUC—SDH Service Access Board (Type-C)

1.12.1 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.12.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 98


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH signal generator, an
optical power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the SAUC board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-75 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Average Transmit
Optical Power

SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd

Optical
Test Process power
meter SAUC
A2
Ra
D2 Sd

2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH signal generator can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the
board backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2)After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the optical
power (unit: dBm).

I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm

Remarks N/A

1.12.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 99


ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the board under test. The needed materials
for the test include an SDH analyzer, an optical power meter, a variable
optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber jumpers and the board
under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-76 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receiver Sensitivity
SDH Variable optical 50/50 A1 Ra
analyzer attenuator coupler D1 Sd

Test Process Optical SAUC


power A2
meter D2

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity of the SAUC board.
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm

Remarks N/A

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 100
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.12.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test Item Minimum Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, an
optical power meter, an optical amplifier, a variable optical attenuator,
a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-77 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receive Overload
Optical Power
Variabl
e Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenua
tor
SAUC
Optical A2
Test Process power D2
meter

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power of the SAUC board.
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm

Remarks N/A

1.12.1.4 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 101
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, a
variable optical attenuator, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-78 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Maximum Output Jitter
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1

SAUC
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane self-loops, or cross-connects and loops back.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.
B1 (20k~80 MHz):
Acceptance ≤0.30UIp-p
Criteria B2 (4M~80 MHz):
≤0.10UIp-p

Remarks N/A

1.12.1.5 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 102
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, a
variable optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and
the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-79 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Input Jitter Tolerance
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1

SAUC
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects or loops back.
2) Set the SDH analyzer to conduct the automatic test of input jitter
tolerance.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 103
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

A2

A1
f0 f1 f
Acceptance
Criteria Table 1-10 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

Remarks N/A

1.12.1.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 104
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a
proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer
equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test
environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.13 COM/COMB—Eight-Channel Client Service


Mixed Access Board

1.13.1 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.13.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 105
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH signal generator, an
optical power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the COM board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-80 Configuration of the Drop COM Average Transmit
Optical Power

SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd

Optical
Test Process power
meter COM
A2
Ra
D2 Sd

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH signal generator can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the
board backplane cross-connects self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 106
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Criteria SDH service:
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
S16.2: -5~0dBm
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm

Remarks

1.13.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 107
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, optical fiber jumpers, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-81 Configuration of the Drop COM Receiver Sensitivity

SDH Variable optical 50/50 A1 Ra


analyzer attenuator coupler D1 Sd

Optical COM
Test power A2
meter D2
Process

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the optical
power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the receiver
sensitivity at the line side of the COM board.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
nce
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
Criteria
SDH service:
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm

Remark
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 108
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.13.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test Item Minimum Overload Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical
power meter, an optical amplifier, optical fiber jumpers, a variable
optical attenuator, a 50/50 de-multiplexer, and the COM board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-82 Configuration of the Drop COM Receive Overload
Optical Power
Variable Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenuator

Test Process Optical A2


COM
power D2
meter

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane cross-connects self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the BER of 10-10.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the COM board.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 109
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
Criteria SDH service:
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
S16.2: ≥0dBm
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm

Remarks

1.13.1.4 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 110
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, optical fiber
jumpers, a variable optical attenuator and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-83 Configuration of the Drop COM Maximum Output Jitter
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1

COM
Test Process Ra
A2
Sd
D2

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or the backplane cross-connects and loops back.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.

Table 1-11 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 I

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

Remarks

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 111
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.13.1.5 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable
optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers, and the
board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-84 Configuration of the Drop COM Input Jitter Tolerance
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1

COM
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects, loops back.
2) Set the SDH analyzer to conduct the automatic test of input jitter
tolerance.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.

Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria

Remarks N/A

1.13.1.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 112
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable
optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers, and the
board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-85 Configuration of the Drop COM Jitter Transfer Function
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1

COM
Ra
A2
Sd
D2

2. Test method:
Test Process
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects, loops back.
2) Disconnect the board. Use the short-circuit fiber to self-loop the
SDH analyzer. Then adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested
board can receive a proper optical power. Perform the jitter transfer
function of the analyzer to calibrate the optical power.
3) Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator 1, so that the tested board can
receive a proper optical power. Then adjust optical attenuator 2, so
that the tested board can still receive a proper optical power.
4) Conduct the test with the jitter transfer function of the SDH
analyzer.
5) The test is completed. Please record the test result.

Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria

Remarks N/A

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 113
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.14 SMUB/CSC—SDH Service Aggregation Client


Board

1.14.1 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.14.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter, optical fiber
jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-86 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Client Side of SMUB/C

OUT
Optical
power
Sa meter
Test Process
SMUB/C

IN

Rd

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 114
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Acceptance S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
Criteria S64.2c: -2~+2dBm
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm

Remarks

1.14.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 115
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH/IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical
fiber jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-87 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client
Side of SMUB/C
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra
optical Backpl
analyzer coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al
SMUB/C cross-
connec
Optical power A8
Ra t
Test Process meter
loopba
Sd ck
D8

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The
SDH/IP analyzer sends the STM-64/10GE signal to the SMUB/C
board under test.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the client side of the SMUB/C board.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
Criteria S64.2c: ≤-26dBm
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≤-14.1dBm

Remarks

1.14.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test
Minimum Overload Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 116
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-88 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the
Client Side of SMUB/C
Variable Ra
SDH 50/50 A
OA optical
analyzer coupler D Sd Backpl
attenuator ane
electri
cal
Test SMUB/C cross-
Optical conne
power ct
loopba
Process meter ck

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the STM-64 signal to the SMUB/C board under test.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the optical
power with the BER of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the client side of the SMUB/C board.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
Accepta S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
nce S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
Criteria S64.2c: ≥-9dBm
10GE service
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm

Remark
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 117
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.14.1.4 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, optical fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-89 Configuration of the Output Jitter at the Client Side of
SMUB/C

Client side S Backp


lane
access M electri
cal
Test Process SDH analyzer U cross-
conne
B/ ct
loopb
C ack

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the SDH signal to SMUB/C.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 118
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-12 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MH 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before


the test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter
template, select o.172 for the test.

1.14.1.5 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test Item Input Jitter Tolerance
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 119
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-90 Configuration of the Input Jitter Tolerance at the Client
Side of SMUB/C

Client side S Backplan


e
access M electrical
Test Process cross-
SDH analyzer U connect
loopback
B/
C

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-64 signal to SMUB/C.
2) Conduct the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing
function of the SDH analyzer.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 120
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783

A2

A1
f0 f1 f
Acceptance
Criteria
Table 1-13 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

Remarks N/A

1.14.1.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 121
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-91 Configuration of the Jitter Transfer Function at the Client
Side of SMUB/C

Client side S
access M
Backplan
e
electrical
SDH analyzer U cross-
Test Process B/
connect
loopback

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-64 signal to SMUB/C. Conduct
the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing function of the
SDH analyzer.
2) Conduct the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing
function of the SDH analyzer.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.

Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria

Remarks N/A

1.15 SMUB/LS1/LS2—SDH Service Aggregation Line


Board

1.15.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.15.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test Item Average Transmit Optical Power

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 122
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-92 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Line Side of SMUB/L

OUT
Optical
power
San meter
Test Process
SMUB/L

IN

Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).

Acceptance : ERZ:-5~-2dBm
Criteria NRZ:-3~+1 dBm

Remarks N/A

1.15.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test Item Optical Receiver Sensitivity

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 123
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the SMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-93 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of SMUB/L
Variable
SDH Bo OUT 50/50
optical
analyzer ard Electr San coupler
S attenuator
at ical
M
the cross
U Optical power
conn
Test Process clie B/ meter
ection IN
nt L Rdn
sid
e

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the SDH signal to the board at the client side.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the SMUB/L board.
optical interface at the line side:
Acceptance
PIN: ≤--14dBm(EOL), ≤--17(BOL,OTU2), ≤--16(BOL,OTU2e)
Criteria
APD: : ≤-21dBm: (EOL), ≤--24(BOL,OTU2), ≤--22(BOL,OTU2e)

Remarks

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 124
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.15.1.3 Minimum Overload Optical Power


Test
Minimum Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the STM board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-94 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the
Line Side of SMUB/L
Variable
SDH Bo OUT 50/50
optical
analyzer ard Electr San coupler
S attenuator
at ical
M
Test the cross
Optical power
conn U
Process clie B/ meter
ection IN
nt L Rdn
sid
e

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the SDH signal to the board at the client side.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the optical
power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the receive
overload optical power at the line side of the SMUB/L board.

Accepta optical interface at the line side:


nce PIN: ≥0dBm
Criteria APD: ≥-9dBm

Remark
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 125
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.15.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test Item Central Wavelength Deviation

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength meter, optical
fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-95 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side
of SMUB/L

OUT Optical multi-


wavelength
San meter

SMUB/L
Test Process

IN

Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Read the actual central wavelength value (unit: THz) from the
multi-wavelength meter and record it.
3) The difference between the actual central wavelength and the
nominal central wavelength is the central wavelength deviation (unit:
GHz).

Acceptance ≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)


Criteria ≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Remarks

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 126
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.15.1.5 Maximum 20dB Spectral Width


Test Item Maximum 20dB Spectral Width

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a spectrometer, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-96 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of SMUB/L

OUT Spectrome
San ter

SMUB/L
Test Process
IN

Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to the minimum
value, and the wavelength scanning range is 2nm. Read the test result
from the meter with the automatic -20dB spectral width testing
function, and record it.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

Remarks

1.15.1.6 Minimum SMSR


Test Item Minimum SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 127
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a spectrometer, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-97 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of SMUB/L

OUT Spectrome
San ter

SMUB/L
Test Process

IN

Rdn

2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to 0.1nm. Read
the test result from the meter with the automatic SMSR testing
function, and record it.

Acceptance
optical interface at the line side: ≥35dB
Criteria

Remarks

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 128
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.16 CD2/M2&M3CO2/M1&M2&M3&M4CQ2/M1CX2—1
0G Service Access Board (at the Client Side)

1.16.1 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Board Client-Side Optical Interface

1.16.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 129
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board; the backplane
cross-connects or loops back.
Figure 1-98 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of
CD2/CO2/CQ2

SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd

Optical
power CO2/CQ
Test
meter Ra 2
Process A2
D2 Sd

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
nce
S64.2c: -2~+2dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 130
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.16.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-99 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra
optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenuator
Optical CO2/CQ2
power A2
meter D2

Test
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
Process
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 131
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
nce
S64.2c: ≤-26dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≤-14.1dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.16.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-100 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Connection for testing receive overload point
at the client side
Variabl
e Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenua
tor
CO2/CQ2
Optical A2
Test power D2
meter
Process

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 132
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
nce
S64.2c: ≥-9dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≥-1 dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.16.1.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test
Input Jitter Tolerance
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 133
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-101 Input jitter tolerance of CD2/CO2/CQ2 input interface

A1 Ra
SDH analyzer
D1 Sd

CO2/CQ2
Ra
A2
Sd
D2

A
Accepta
nce A2

Criteria

A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-14 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.

1.16.1.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 134
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure,
and use the SDH analyzer to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-102 Output Jitter Configuration

A1 Ra
SDH analyzer
D1 Sd

CO2/CQ2
Ra
A2
Sd
Test Process D2

2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 135
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-15 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.

1.16.1.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 136
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a
proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer
equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test
environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.17 LD2/M2LD2B/M2&M3LO2/M1&M2&M3&M4LQ2—1
0G Service Access Board (at the Line Side)

1.17.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.17.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 137
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and


use the OTN signal generator to provide signals to the board under test.
Figure 1-103 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 connection for testing Optical Output
Power at line side

Test
Process

2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
nce -5~+1d B m
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.17.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 138
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-104 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

OUT1 OTN
San analyzer
IN1 50/50 Variable
Rdn coupler optical
LO2
LQ2 Optical attenuator
OUT2 power
San meter
IN2

Rdn
Test
Process
2. The OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
PIN: ≤-14dBm
nce
APD: ≤-21dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 139
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.17.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-105 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of LO2/LQ2

Test
Process

2. Set the OTN analyzer correctly so that it can send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.17.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 140
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and
use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-106 Central Wavelength Connection

OUT1
Optical multi-
wavelength
San meter
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2
OUT2
Test San
IN2
Process
Rdn

2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of LO2/LQ2 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.17.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 141
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure,


and use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the
board under test.
Figure 1-107 Spectral Width Connection

OUT1 spectromet
San er
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2 OUT2

Test Process San


IN2

Rdn

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.17.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 142
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and


use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-108 SMSR Connection

OUT1 spectromet
San er
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2 OUT2
San
IN2
Test Process
Rdn

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 143
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.18 M1&M2TST3—40G Transponder

1.18.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.18.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and
use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-109 TST3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side
Variable C L Optical power
SDH/OTN S Sn
optical R T meter
analyzer TST3 L
attenuat C
or T R
Rn
Test
Process

2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
P-DPSK: -5~+5dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: -10~+5dBm
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 144
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.18.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-110 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

C L
Optical S Sn Variable
SDH/OTN R T
attenuator TST3 L Optical
Analyzer C 50/50
R attenuator
T Rn coupler

Optical
power meter

Test 2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 145
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.18.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-111 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of TST3

C L Variable
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical
attenuator TST3 L
Analyzer C 50/50 attenuator
T R
Rn coupler

Test
Optical
Process power meter

2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.18.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 146
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and
use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-112 Central Wavelength Connection

C L Optical multi-
SDH/OTN S Sn
Optical R T wavelength meter
TST3 L
Analyzer attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test
Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of TST3 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.18.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 147
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure
and use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to
the board under test.
Figure 1-113 -20dB Spectral Width Connection
C L
SDH/OTN S Sn Spectrometer
Optical R T
analyzer TST3 L
attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance P-DPSK: 0.7nm


Criteria RZ-DQPSK: NA

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.18.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequisites configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 148
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use the
SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board under
test.
Figure 1-114 SMSR Connection

C L
SDH/OTN Optical S Sn Spectrometer
R T
attenuator TST3 L
Analyzer C
T R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution
of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the side mode can
be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in
full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.18.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.18.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 149
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-115 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side
of TST3

C L Sn
S R
TST3 T
Optical power RC L
Test
meter T R
Process Rn
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

SDH service (40GPOS):


Accepta
VSR2000-3R2: 0~+3dBm
nce
40GE service:
Criteria
40GBASE-LR4: -7~+2.3dBm (single channel); -1~+8.3dBm(total power)

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.18.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 150
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-116 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C TST3 L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn

Optical power
meter
Test
Process 2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

SDH service:
Accepta VSR2000-3R2: ≤-5dBm
nce 40GE service:
Criteria 40GBASE-LR4: ≤-13.7dBm(single channel), refer to the test method of CS4
board.

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.18.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 151
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-117 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side

SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C TST3 L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Test
Process Optical power
meter

2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

SDH service: VSR2000-3R2: ≥+3dBm


Accepta
40GE service:
nce
40GBASE-LR4: ≥+2.3dBm(single channel). The overload optical power is
Criteria
not recommended to test;

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.18.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test
Input Jitter Tolerance
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 152
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 153
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-118 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface

Optical Rd Optical
n Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat TST3 attenuator
or 1 2

A2

Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-16 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.

1.18.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 154
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the SDH signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-119 Output Jitter Connection

Optical Rd Optical
n Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat TST3 attenuator
or 1 2

Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 155
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-17 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.

1.18.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 156
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a
proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer
equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test
environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.19 M1&M2MQT3—Four-Channel 10G Aggregation


Board

1.19.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.19.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 157
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-120 MQT3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line
side

IP/SDH/ S C1R
Optical LT
OTN R C1T Optical power
attenuator Sn
Analyzer C2R MQT 3 meter
C2T
Test C3R
Process C3T LR
C4R
C4T Rn

2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
P-DPSK: -5~+5dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: -10~+5dBm
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.19.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 158
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-121 MQT3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

IP/ SDH
C1
/ OTN Optical S
Analyzer R LT Variable
attenuator R C1T
C2 Sn Optical
MQT 3
R attenuator
C2T
C3 50 / 50
R coupler
C3T LR
C4
R
C4T Rn Optical power
meter

Test
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.19.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 159
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-122 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of MQT3
IP/ SDH
C1
/ OTN Optical S
Analyzer R LT Variable
attenuator R C1T
C2 Sn Optical
MQT 3
R attenuator
C2T
C3 50 / 50
R coupler
Test C3T LR
C4
R
Process C4T Rn Optical power
meter

2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.19.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 160
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-123 Central Wavelength Connection

C L Optical multi-
SDH/OTN S Sn
Optical R MQT3 T wavelength meter
Analyzer attenuator C L
T R
Rn
Test
Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of MQT3 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.19.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 161
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure


and use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to
the board under test.
Figure 1-124 -20dB Spectral Width Connection
C L
SDH/OTN S Sn Spectrometer
Optical R T
MQT3 L
Analyzer attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance P-DPSK: 0.7nm


Criteria RZ-DQPSK: NA

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.19.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequisites configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 162
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use
the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-125 SMSR Connection
C L
SDH/OTN S Sn Spectrometer
Optical R T
MQT3 L
Analyzer attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude
scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the
side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the
screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in
full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.19.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.19.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 163
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-126 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side
of MQT3

Optical S C1R
IP LT
attenuator R C1T
SDH/OTN C2R MQT 3 Sn

Analyzer
C2T 光 Optical
光 光 光
Test C3R attenuator
Optical power
C3T
Process meter LR
C4R
C4T Rn

2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Accepta S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.19.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 164
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-127 MQT3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

Variable 50/ 50 S C1R


IP optical coupler LT
R C1T
/SDH/OTN attenuator
C2R MQT 3 Sn
Analyzer
C2T optical
C3R attenuator
Optical power meter
C3T
LR
C4R
C4T Rn
Test
Process
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤ -14dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≤-14dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≤ -14dBm

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 165
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.19.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-128 MQT3 Connection for testing receive overload point at the
client side

Variable 50/ 50 S C1R


IP optical coupler LT
R C1T
/SDH/OTN attenuator
C2R MQT 3 Sn
Analyzer
C2T optical
Test C3R attenuator
Process Optical power meter
C3T
LR
C4R
C4T Rn

2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 166
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≥-1 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≥+0 .5dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.19.2.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test
Input Jitter Tolerance
Item
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH/OTN analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the
receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface
from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test
adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
Process
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the
SDH/OTN analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the
template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 167
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-129 MQT3 input jitter tolerance of input interface

Optical Ra San Optical


SDH/OTN
attenuat MQT3 attenuator
analyzer
or 1 2

A2

Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-18 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.

1.19.2.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 168
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure


and use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to
the board under test.
Figure 1-130 Output Jitter Connection

Optical Ra San Optical


SDH/OTN
attenuat MQT3 attenuator
analyzer
or 1 2

Test Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to allow the SDH output signals
to access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 169
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-19 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak
Test Filter
INTERFACE Value of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.

1.19.2.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 170
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH/OTN analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should
control the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the
receive interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a
proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH
analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure
the test environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH/OTN analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.20 CS3 Board

1.20.1 M2&M3CS3 Board Client-Side Optical Interface

1.20.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 171
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the


SDH signal generator to provide signals for the board; the backplane
cross-connects or loops back.
Figure 1-131 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side
of CS3

SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd

Optical
power
Test meter CS3
Process

2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

SDH service (40GPOS):


Accepta VSR2000-3R2: 0~+3dBm
nce 40GE service:
Criteria 40GBASE-LR4: -7~+2.3dBm(single channel). Refer to the CS4 board test
method.

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.20.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 172
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-132 CS3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra
optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenuator
Optical CS3
power
meter

Test
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
Process
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

SDH service:
Accepta VSR2000-3R2: ≤-5dBm
nce 40GE service:
Criteria 40GBASE-LR4: ≤-13.7dBm(single channel). For the test, refer to the CS4
board test method.

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 173
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.20.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-133 CS3 Connection for testing receive overload point at the
client side
Variabl
e Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenua
tor
CS3
Optical
Test power
meter
Process

2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

SDH service: VSR2000-3R2: ≥+3dBm


Accepta
40GE service:
nce
40GBASE-LR4: ≥+2.3dBm(single channel). It is not recommended to test
Criteria
this specification. Refer to the CS4 board test method.

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 174
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.20.1.4 Input Jitter Tolerance


Test
Input Jitter Tolerance
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 175
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Figure 1-134 CS3 input jitter tolerance of input interface

A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria

A1
f0 f1 f

Table 1-20 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Level f1(kHz) f0(kHz) A1(UIp-p) A2(UIp-p)

STM-1 (A) 65 6.5 0.15 1.5

STM-4 (A) 250 25 0.15 1.5

STM-16 (A) 1000 100 0.15 1.5

STM-64 (A) 4000 400 0.15 1.5

STM-256 (A) 16000 400 0.15 6

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.

1.20.1.5 Maximum Output Jitter


Test Item Maximum Output Jitter

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 176
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure,


and use the SDH analyzer to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-135 Output Jitter Connection

Test Process

2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 177
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

Table 1-21 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface

STM Peak-to-Peak Value


Test Filter
INTERFACE of Jitter

500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI

1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI

20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI

20 kHz~320 MHz 6.0 UI


STM-256
16 MHz ~320 MHz 0.15 UI

1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.

1.20.1.6 Jitter Transfer Function


Test Item Jitter Transfer Function

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 178
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then


calibrate the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control
the receive optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive
interface from strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Test Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a
proper optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer
equal to that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test
environment according to the connection for testing input jitter.
3. Test certain items and templates with the SDH analyzer and
observe whether the test results are under the templates.

1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of


ITU-T G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
Criteria ITU-T G.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of
ITU-T G.8251.

1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the


variation in jitter frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to
Remarks input-signal jitter for the equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate index of the equipment has a
margin, it is allowed to increase the jitter range of test signals properly.

1.21 M2&M3LS3 Board

1.21.1 LS3 Board Line-Side Optical Interface

1.21.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 179
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and


use the OTN signal generator to provide signals to the board under test.
Figure 1-136 LS3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side

Test
Process

2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: -10~5dBm
nce
P-DPSK: -5~+1dBm
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.21.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 180
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-137 LS3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

OUT1 OTN
San analyzer
IN1 50/50 Variable
Rdn coupler optical
LS3 Optical attenuator
power
meter

Test
Process
2. The OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 181
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.21.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-138 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of LS3

Test
Process

2. Set the OTN analyzer correctly so that it can send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.21.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 182
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and


use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-139 Central Wavelength Connection

Test
Process

2. Set the OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power of LS3.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.21.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 183
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure,


and use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the
board under test.
Figure 1-140 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

Test Process

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance
≤0.6nm
Criteria

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.21.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 184
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and


use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-141 SMSR Connection

Test Process

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 185
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.22 FCA—FC Service Access Board

1.22.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.22.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-142 FCA connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side

A1 Ra Optical
OUT
Sd power
D1 San meter
IP data
service signal FCA
Test generator A8 Ra
Process D8 Sd IN
Rdn

2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
nce -5~+1d B m
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 186
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.22.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-143 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

A1 Ra Variable
OUT 50/50
Sd optical
D1 San coupler
attenuator
IP analyzer FCA
A8 Ra Optical
D8 Sd IN power meter
Rdn
Test
2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
PIN: ≤-14dBm
nce
APD: ≤-21dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 187
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.22.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-144 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of FCA
Variabl
A1 Ra e
OUT Optical 50/50
Sd OA optical
D1 San filter coupler
attenua
tor
IP analyzer FCA Optical
Test A8 Ra power
D8 Sd IN meter
Process
Rdn

2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm.
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.22.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 188
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-145 Central Wavelength Connection
Optical
A1 Ra
OUT multi-
D1 Sd wavelength
San
IP data meter
service signal FCA
generator A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test
Rdn
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of FAC.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.22.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 189
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use


the IP signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board
under test.
Figure 1-146 -20dB Spectral Width Connection

A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
D1 Sd ter
San
IP data
service signal FCA
generator A8 Ra
Test Process D8 Sd IN
Rdn

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.22.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 190
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Figure 1-147 SMSR Connection

A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
D1 Sd ter
San
IP data
service signal FCA
generator A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Process
Rdn

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude
scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the
side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the
screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

1.22.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.22.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 191
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP


signal generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-148 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side
of FAC

IP data Ra
A1 OUT
service signal
generator D1 Sd
San
Optical
Optical
FCA attenuat
Test power
Ra or
Process meter A8
Sd IN
D8
Rdn

2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3 dBm
200-SM-LC-L : -11~-3dBm
400-SM-LC-L: -8~-1dBm
Accepta
GE service:
nce
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 192
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.22.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-149 FCA Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection

Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT
IP analyzer optical
coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator Optical
FCA attenuat
Optical
Ra or
power A8 IN
Sd Rdn
meter D8

Test
Process 2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 193
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

FC service:
100-SM-LC-L : ≤-18dBm
200-SM-LC-L: ≤-18dBm
400-SM-LC-L: ≤-15dBm
GE service:
Accepta
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
nce
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

1.22.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 194
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-150 FCA Connection for testing receive overload point at the
client side

Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT
IP analyzer optical
coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator optical
FCA attenuat
Test Optical
Ra or
Process power A8 IN
Sd Rdn
meter D8

2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
200-SM-LC-L: ≥0dBm
400-SM-LC-L: ≥-1dBm
Accepta
GE service:
nce
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 195
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.23 MOM2 Board

1.23.1 Line-Side Optical Interface

1.23.1.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-151 MOM2 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line
side
C1
SDH/OTN S
analyzer R
C1 LT Optical power
R Sn meter
T

MOM2
Test
LR
Process Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
T

2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

Accepta
nce -5 ~ +1dBm
Criteria

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 196
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.23.1.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-152 MOM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S
analyzer attenuator R
C1 LT
R Sn
T optical
attenuator
MOM2
LR

Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
Optical power
Test T meter

Process
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

Accepta
APD: ≤ -21dBm
nce
PIN: ≤ -14dBm
Criteria

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 197
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.23.1.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure.


Figure 1-153 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line
Interface of MOM2
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S
analyzer attenuator R
C1 LT
R Sn
T optical
attenuator
MOM2
LR
Test
Process
Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
Optical power
T meter

2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

Accepta
APD: ≥-9dBm
nce
PIN: ≥0dBm
Criteria

The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.

1.23.1.4 Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation


Test
Central Wavelength and Frequency Deviation
Item

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 198
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-154 Central Wavelength Connection
C1
SDH/OTN S
analyzer R
C1 LT Optical multi-wavelength
R Sn meter
T

MOM2
LR

Cn S Rn
Test
Cn
R R
Process T
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the
receive optical power of MOM2.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.

Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria

Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.

1.23.1.5 -20dB Spectral Width


Test Item -20dB Spectral Width

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 199
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure


and use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to
the board under test.
Figure 1-155 -20dB Spectral Width Connection
C1
SDH/OTN S
analyzer R
C1 LT
spectrometer
R Sn
T

MOM2
LR

Cn S Rn
Test Process Cn
R R
T

2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.

Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm

The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.

1.23.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 200
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use
the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-156 SMSR Connection
C1
SDH/OTN S
analyzer R
C1 LT
Spectrometer
R Sn
T

MOM2
LR

Cn S Rn
Test Process Cn
R R
T

Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).

Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria

SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 201
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.23.2 Client-Side Optical Interface

1.23.2.1 Average Transmit Optical Power


Test
Average Transmit Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and


use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-157 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side
of MOM2
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S
R
C1 LT
analyzer attenuator R
T
Sn
Optical power Optical power
meter MOM2 meter
Test
LR
Process Cn S
Rn
Cn
R R
T

2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 202
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
FC service:
Accepta
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3 dBm
nce
200-SM-LC-L : -11~-3dBm
Criteria
: GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm

Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s

1.23.2.2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity


Test
Optical Receiver Sensitivity
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 203
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-158 MOM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S S
R
C1 LT
analyzer attenuator R
T
Sn
optical
Optical power MOM2 attenuator
meter
LR
Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
T
Test
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.

SDH service:
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L : ≤-18dBm
Accepta
200-SM-LC-L: ≤-18dBm
nce
: GE service:
Criteria
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm

The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 204
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

1.23.2.3 Overload Optical Power


Test
Overload Optical Power
Item

1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.

1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input


signals of the board under test are in the 1550nm window.
Figure 1-159 MOM2 Connection for testing receive overload point at the
client side
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S S
R
C1 LT
analyzer attenuator R
T
Sn
optical
Optical power MOM2 attenuator
Test meter
LR
Process Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
T

2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.


3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.

ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 205
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲

SDH service:
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
FC service:
Accepta
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
nce
200-SM-LC-L: ≥0dBm
Criteria
: GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dB